Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P PowerFlex® 700H to 700S Phase II Control Conversion - Frames 9…14 Installation Instructions ! ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, ensure that all power to the drive has been removed before performing the following. ! ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing. Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals, between the +DC terminal and the chassis, and between the -DC terminal and the chassis. The voltage must be zero for all three measurements. ! ATTENTION: HOT surfaces can cause severe burns. Do not touch the heatsink surface during operation of the drive. After disconnecting power allow time for cooling. ! ATTENTION: Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment. This product emits intense light and invisible radiation. Do not look into SynchLink fiber-optic ports or SynchLink fiber-optic cable connectors. ! ATTENTION: This drive contains ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) sensitive parts and assemblies. Static control precautions are required when installing, testing, servicing or repairing this assembly. Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed. If you are not familiar with static control procedures, reference A-B publication 8000-4.5.2, “Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage” or any other applicable ESD protection handbook. ! ATTENTION: The sheet metal cover and mounting screws on the ASIC Board located on the power structure are energized at (-) DC bus potential high voltage. Risk of electrical shock, injury, or death exists if someone comes into contact with the assembly.
42
Embed
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase II Control Conversion (Frames ... · Control Conversion - Frames 9…14 Installation Instructions! ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, ensure
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
PowerFlexreg 700H to 700S Phase II Control Conversion - Frames 9hellip14Installation Instructions
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard ensure that all power to the drive has been removed before performing the following
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION HOT surfaces can cause severe burns Do not touch the heatsink surface during operation of the drive After disconnecting power allow time for cooling
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into SynchLink fiber-optic ports or SynchLink fiber-optic cable connectors
ATTENTION This drive contains ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing this assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures reference A-B publication 8000-452 ldquoGuarding Against Electrostatic Damagerdquo or any other applicable ESD protection handbook
ATTENTION The sheet metal cover and mounting screws on the ASIC Board located on the power structure are energized at (-) DC bus potential high voltage Risk of electrical shock injury or death exists if someone comes into contact with the assembly
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
2
What This Kit Includes bull Phase II control assembly mounting plate bracket and hardwarebull 40 conductor ribbon cablebull 30 conductor ribbon cablebull Status cablebull 10 conductor ribbon cable for frame 9 drivesbull 10 conductor ribbon cable for frame 10hellip14 drivesbull Power Interface circuit board and hardwarebull Voltage Feedback circuit board and hardwarebull Phase II control cassette (required ordered separately)bull 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board and hardware for frame 10hellip14
drivesbull Twisted pair wires and connectors for 24V Common Mode Filter circuit
board for frame 10hellip14 drivesbull EMI shield and hardware for frame 10hellip14 drives
Tools That You Need bull Phillipsreg screwdriverbull POZIDRIVreg screwdriverbull Torx Head screwdriver
Phillipsreg and POZIDRIVreg are registered trademarks of Phillips Screw Company
What You Need to Do The steps to complete the PowerFlexreg 700H to 700S Phase II control conversion are different for frame 9 size drives versus frame 10hellip14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 9 Conversions Onlyrdquo for frame 9 conversion instructions Refer to Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only on page 17 for frame 10hellip14 conversion instructions
Frame 9 Conversions Only Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 9 size drive only
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 7 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 8 Install chassis fan
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
Step 10 Document change
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
3
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
4
Step 2 Removing the Drive Covers
1 Remove the connection power and conduit covers as indicated below Save screws for reuse
Step 3 Removing the700H Control Assembly
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
2 Remove the three screws that secure the 700H control assembly to the drive
3 Remove the 700H control assembly from the control frame
Note You do not need to remove the enclosure cover Enclosure is
illustrated without the cover for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
5
Step 4 Removing the 700H Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board
The Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board is located behind the 700H control assembly on the opposite side of the control frame
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 If removing a control frame from a DC input drive with precharge interlock disconnect the wiring from terminal strip X50
2 Remove the eight screws that secure the control frame to the drive Save screws for reuse
3 Remove the control frame from the drive
Note Control frame shown without DPIHIM assembly for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
6
4 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive Save screws for reuse
5 Remove the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket from the drive
6 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
7 Disconnect the fiber-optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
8 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board to the bracket and remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board from the bracket
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
7
9 Secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive using the four existing screws
10Install the control frame in reverse order of removal using existing screws Carefully route the 24V DC power cable and fiber optic cables through the lower access hole in the control frame
11If securing the control frame to a DC input drive with precharge interlock reconnect the wiring to terminal strip X50
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
Installing the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control includes a new control cassette and hardware (ordered separately) voltage feedback board high power fiber optic interface board and chassis fan The following illustration identifies the location of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control components
X50
High Power Fiber Optic Interface Board
Phase II Control Cassette on Mounting
Bracket and Pan
Chassis FanVoltage Feedback Board
Access hole for fiber optic and 24V DC
power cables
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
8
1 Secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
2 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
3 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
2
3
Mounting bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
2
What This Kit Includes bull Phase II control assembly mounting plate bracket and hardwarebull 40 conductor ribbon cablebull 30 conductor ribbon cablebull Status cablebull 10 conductor ribbon cable for frame 9 drivesbull 10 conductor ribbon cable for frame 10hellip14 drivesbull Power Interface circuit board and hardwarebull Voltage Feedback circuit board and hardwarebull Phase II control cassette (required ordered separately)bull 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board and hardware for frame 10hellip14
drivesbull Twisted pair wires and connectors for 24V Common Mode Filter circuit
board for frame 10hellip14 drivesbull EMI shield and hardware for frame 10hellip14 drives
Tools That You Need bull Phillipsreg screwdriverbull POZIDRIVreg screwdriverbull Torx Head screwdriver
Phillipsreg and POZIDRIVreg are registered trademarks of Phillips Screw Company
What You Need to Do The steps to complete the PowerFlexreg 700H to 700S Phase II control conversion are different for frame 9 size drives versus frame 10hellip14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 9 Conversions Onlyrdquo for frame 9 conversion instructions Refer to Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only on page 17 for frame 10hellip14 conversion instructions
Frame 9 Conversions Only Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 9 size drive only
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 7 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 8 Install chassis fan
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
Step 10 Document change
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
3
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
4
Step 2 Removing the Drive Covers
1 Remove the connection power and conduit covers as indicated below Save screws for reuse
Step 3 Removing the700H Control Assembly
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
2 Remove the three screws that secure the 700H control assembly to the drive
3 Remove the 700H control assembly from the control frame
Note You do not need to remove the enclosure cover Enclosure is
illustrated without the cover for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
5
Step 4 Removing the 700H Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board
The Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board is located behind the 700H control assembly on the opposite side of the control frame
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 If removing a control frame from a DC input drive with precharge interlock disconnect the wiring from terminal strip X50
2 Remove the eight screws that secure the control frame to the drive Save screws for reuse
3 Remove the control frame from the drive
Note Control frame shown without DPIHIM assembly for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
6
4 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive Save screws for reuse
5 Remove the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket from the drive
6 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
7 Disconnect the fiber-optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
8 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board to the bracket and remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board from the bracket
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
7
9 Secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive using the four existing screws
10Install the control frame in reverse order of removal using existing screws Carefully route the 24V DC power cable and fiber optic cables through the lower access hole in the control frame
11If securing the control frame to a DC input drive with precharge interlock reconnect the wiring to terminal strip X50
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
Installing the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control includes a new control cassette and hardware (ordered separately) voltage feedback board high power fiber optic interface board and chassis fan The following illustration identifies the location of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control components
X50
High Power Fiber Optic Interface Board
Phase II Control Cassette on Mounting
Bracket and Pan
Chassis FanVoltage Feedback Board
Access hole for fiber optic and 24V DC
power cables
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
8
1 Secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
2 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
3 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
2
3
Mounting bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
3
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
4
Step 2 Removing the Drive Covers
1 Remove the connection power and conduit covers as indicated below Save screws for reuse
Step 3 Removing the700H Control Assembly
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
2 Remove the three screws that secure the 700H control assembly to the drive
3 Remove the 700H control assembly from the control frame
Note You do not need to remove the enclosure cover Enclosure is
illustrated without the cover for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
5
Step 4 Removing the 700H Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board
The Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board is located behind the 700H control assembly on the opposite side of the control frame
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 If removing a control frame from a DC input drive with precharge interlock disconnect the wiring from terminal strip X50
2 Remove the eight screws that secure the control frame to the drive Save screws for reuse
3 Remove the control frame from the drive
Note Control frame shown without DPIHIM assembly for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
6
4 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive Save screws for reuse
5 Remove the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket from the drive
6 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
7 Disconnect the fiber-optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
8 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board to the bracket and remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board from the bracket
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
7
9 Secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive using the four existing screws
10Install the control frame in reverse order of removal using existing screws Carefully route the 24V DC power cable and fiber optic cables through the lower access hole in the control frame
11If securing the control frame to a DC input drive with precharge interlock reconnect the wiring to terminal strip X50
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
Installing the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control includes a new control cassette and hardware (ordered separately) voltage feedback board high power fiber optic interface board and chassis fan The following illustration identifies the location of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control components
X50
High Power Fiber Optic Interface Board
Phase II Control Cassette on Mounting
Bracket and Pan
Chassis FanVoltage Feedback Board
Access hole for fiber optic and 24V DC
power cables
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
8
1 Secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
2 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
3 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
2
3
Mounting bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
4
Step 2 Removing the Drive Covers
1 Remove the connection power and conduit covers as indicated below Save screws for reuse
Step 3 Removing the700H Control Assembly
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
2 Remove the three screws that secure the 700H control assembly to the drive
3 Remove the 700H control assembly from the control frame
Note You do not need to remove the enclosure cover Enclosure is
illustrated without the cover for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
5
Step 4 Removing the 700H Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board
The Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board is located behind the 700H control assembly on the opposite side of the control frame
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 If removing a control frame from a DC input drive with precharge interlock disconnect the wiring from terminal strip X50
2 Remove the eight screws that secure the control frame to the drive Save screws for reuse
3 Remove the control frame from the drive
Note Control frame shown without DPIHIM assembly for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
6
4 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive Save screws for reuse
5 Remove the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket from the drive
6 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
7 Disconnect the fiber-optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
8 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board to the bracket and remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board from the bracket
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
7
9 Secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive using the four existing screws
10Install the control frame in reverse order of removal using existing screws Carefully route the 24V DC power cable and fiber optic cables through the lower access hole in the control frame
11If securing the control frame to a DC input drive with precharge interlock reconnect the wiring to terminal strip X50
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
Installing the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control includes a new control cassette and hardware (ordered separately) voltage feedback board high power fiber optic interface board and chassis fan The following illustration identifies the location of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control components
X50
High Power Fiber Optic Interface Board
Phase II Control Cassette on Mounting
Bracket and Pan
Chassis FanVoltage Feedback Board
Access hole for fiber optic and 24V DC
power cables
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
8
1 Secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
2 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
3 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
2
3
Mounting bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
5
Step 4 Removing the 700H Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board
The Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board is located behind the 700H control assembly on the opposite side of the control frame
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
1 If removing a control frame from a DC input drive with precharge interlock disconnect the wiring from terminal strip X50
2 Remove the eight screws that secure the control frame to the drive Save screws for reuse
3 Remove the control frame from the drive
Note Control frame shown without DPIHIM assembly for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
6
4 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive Save screws for reuse
5 Remove the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket from the drive
6 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
7 Disconnect the fiber-optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
8 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board to the bracket and remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board from the bracket
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
7
9 Secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive using the four existing screws
10Install the control frame in reverse order of removal using existing screws Carefully route the 24V DC power cable and fiber optic cables through the lower access hole in the control frame
11If securing the control frame to a DC input drive with precharge interlock reconnect the wiring to terminal strip X50
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
Installing the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control includes a new control cassette and hardware (ordered separately) voltage feedback board high power fiber optic interface board and chassis fan The following illustration identifies the location of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control components
X50
High Power Fiber Optic Interface Board
Phase II Control Cassette on Mounting
Bracket and Pan
Chassis FanVoltage Feedback Board
Access hole for fiber optic and 24V DC
power cables
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
8
1 Secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
2 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
3 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
2
3
Mounting bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
6
4 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive Save screws for reuse
5 Remove the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket from the drive
6 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
7 Disconnect the fiber-optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
8 Remove the four screws that secure the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board to the bracket and remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board from the bracket
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
7
9 Secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive using the four existing screws
10Install the control frame in reverse order of removal using existing screws Carefully route the 24V DC power cable and fiber optic cables through the lower access hole in the control frame
11If securing the control frame to a DC input drive with precharge interlock reconnect the wiring to terminal strip X50
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
Installing the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control includes a new control cassette and hardware (ordered separately) voltage feedback board high power fiber optic interface board and chassis fan The following illustration identifies the location of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control components
X50
High Power Fiber Optic Interface Board
Phase II Control Cassette on Mounting
Bracket and Pan
Chassis FanVoltage Feedback Board
Access hole for fiber optic and 24V DC
power cables
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
8
1 Secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
2 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
3 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
2
3
Mounting bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
7
9 Secure the Fiber Optic Adapter bracket to the drive using the four existing screws
10Install the control frame in reverse order of removal using existing screws Carefully route the 24V DC power cable and fiber optic cables through the lower access hole in the control frame
11If securing the control frame to a DC input drive with precharge interlock reconnect the wiring to terminal strip X50
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
Installing the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control includes a new control cassette and hardware (ordered separately) voltage feedback board high power fiber optic interface board and chassis fan The following illustration identifies the location of the PowerFlex 700S Phase II control components
X50
High Power Fiber Optic Interface Board
Phase II Control Cassette on Mounting
Bracket and Pan
Chassis FanVoltage Feedback Board
Access hole for fiber optic and 24V DC
power cables
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
8
1 Secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
2 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
3 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
2
3
Mounting bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
8
1 Secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
2 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
3 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
2
3
Mounting bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
9
4 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
5 Slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
10
6 Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
7 Slide the 700S Phase II Main Control Cassette onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
=
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
11
8 Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to P6 on the back of the Main Control cassette under the control frame
9 Swing the Main Control mounting plate in to the frame and tighten the captive screw to secure it to the control frame
Step 6 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
1 Secure the five small standoffs to the upper-left corner of the control frame
Note Main Control cassette not shown for clarity only
Main control mounting plate
10 conductor ribbon cable routed under control frame
Install five standoffs to control frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
12
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the five standoffs on the control fame using five large standoffs
3 Secure the clear plastic shield to the mounting plate to the Voltage Feedback circuit board using four screws
4 Connect the feedback cables to sockets J1 and J2 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Shield
Screws (4)
Stand-offs (5)
J2
J1
J4
J5
=
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
13
Step 7 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Important Route the 10 conductor ribbon cable connected to C1 on the back of the Main Control circuit board under the High Power fiber Optic Interface circuit board
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board to the control frame using five screws
3 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables to the fiber-optic sockets on the right side of the circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
10-Position Ribbon CableNote Main Control cassette not
shown for clarity only
Control Frame
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
14
4 Carefully connect ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
5 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
ndash Chassis Fan Supply cable to J18
ndash 24V Supply cable to J5
Screws (5)
Fiber-Optic Sockets (1 - 9)
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15
J18
J5
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
15
Step 8 Installing the Chassis Fan
1 Remove the rubber cover from the hole in the upper-right corner of the control frame next to the DPIHIM assembly
2 Secure the protective metal grate and the Fan to the control frame using two screws
Important The fan housing contains an arrow to indicate the direction of the air flow The arrow should point into the hole above which the fan is mounted
3 Connect the fan power cable to J18 on the Power Interface circuit board
Step 9 Connecting IO and Communications
1 Install all other connections on the Main Control cassette
Refer to publication 20D-AT001 PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
Screws (2)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
16
Step 10 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install new LED Status Indicators label
Install new PowerFlex 700S label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
17
Frame 10hellip14 Conversions Only
Complete these instructions if you are converting a PowerFlex frame 10hellip14 size drive
Step 1 Remove power from drive
Step 2 Open drive
Step 3 Remove 700H Control assembly
Step 4 Install Voltage Feedback circuit board
Step 5 Install 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Step 6 Install High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
Step 7 Install 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board
Step 8 Connect IO and Communications
Step 9 Document change
Step 1 Removing Power from the Drive
1 Turn off and lock out input power Wait five minutes
2 Verify that there is no voltage at the driversquos input power terminals
3 Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing Check the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring between the +DC and -DC terminals between the +DC terminal and the chassis and between the -DC terminal and the chassis The voltage must be zero for all three measurements
Remove power before making or breaking cable connections When you remove or insert a cable connector with power applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by
bull sending an erroneous signal to your systemrsquos field devices causing unintended machine motion
bull causing an explosion in a hazardous environment
Electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance
L1 L2 L3
O
I
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
18
Step 2 Opening the Drive 1 Open the door of the enclosure that holds the control frame
Step 3 Removing the 700H Main Control Assembly
You must move the control frame remove the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board connections and remove the 700H Main Control circuit board connections before you can remove the 700H Main Control assembly
Moving the Control Frame
1 Loosen the T8 Torx-head screws that hold the control frame to the drive enclosure (remove screws on early frame 10 drives)
2 Swing the control frame out and away from the power structure
Frame 10 drives from early production runs have holes instead of slots for these screws You must completely
remove the screws from these drives in order to swing-open the control frame
or
Screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
19
Removing the Fiber Optic Adapter Circuit Board Connections
Important Before removing connections and wires mark the connections and wires to avoid incorrect wiring during assembly
3 Disconnect the control power cable from X2 on the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board (mounted to the back of the 700H Main Control assembly)
4 Disconnect the fiber optic cables from right side of the circuit board and carefully set them aside
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1 through H7 sockets for Fiber-Optic Cables
X2 Connects to 24V dc Power
Front view of the Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
20
Removing the 700H Main Control Circuit Board Connections
5 Unplug the DPI cable and any IO connections from the 700H Main Control board
Unplug DPI cable
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
21
6 Remove the four screws that secure the control bracket to the control frame and remove the control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit board
700H Main Control assembly not shown for
clarity onlyRemove screws
Remove screws
Remove control bracket Main Control assembly and Fiber Optic Adapter circuit
board
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
22
7 Remove the screw that secures the two grounding straps to the frame of the enclosure if present
8 Re-secure only one of the grounding straps to the control frame with the screw provided leaving the other grounding strap loose
Remove screw
Install screw and one grounding strap leave
second strap loose
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
23
Step 4 Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
You must remove the airflow plate and the protective covers before you can install the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Removing the Airflow Plate and Protective Covers
1 Remove the T8 Torx-head screws that secure the airflow plate to the drive
2 Slide the airflow plate off the enclosure frame
Screws Screws
Frames 10hellip12 Frame 13 amp 14
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
24
Removing the Protective Covers on Frames 10hellip12 Drives
Task DescriptionRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the top and bottom protective covers to the main front protective cover then remove the top and bottom protective coversRemove the four M5 POZIDRIV screws that secure the main front protective cover to the drive then remove the protective cover
1
2
1
1
1
2
Frame 10 Drive Shown
1
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
25
Installing the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board
The Voltage Feedback circuit board is mounted in the locations indicated below
Frame 10 - 12 Size DrivesFrame 10 Shown
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
26
1 For frame 13 and 14 drives only remove the four screws that secure the protective cover and insulator for the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the drive and remove the protective cover and insulator
Screws (4)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
27
2 Secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board to the protective frame (and insulator for frame 13 and 14 size drives) using five screws
Screws (5)
=Frame 10 - 12 Size Drives
Frame 13 amp 14 Size Drives
Screws (5)
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
28
3 Carefully connect fiber-optic cable 9 to socket J4 and fiber-optic cable 8 to socket J5 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
4 Connect the cable to socket J8 of the Voltage Feedback circuit board
5 Connect the cables to plugs J1 and J2 on the Voltage Feedback circuit board
6 For frame 13 and 14 size drives only secure the Voltage Feedback circuit board and protective cover to the drive with the existing screws
Step 5 Installing the 700S Phase II Main Control Assembly
1 Install the protective covers and the airflow plate in reverse order of removal as in Step 3 ldquoRemoving the 700H Main Control Assemblyrdquo on page 18
2 Close the control frame in the reverse order as detailed in Step 4 ldquoInstalling the Voltage Feedback Circuit Boardrdquo on page 23
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
J2
J1
J4
J5
J8
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
29
3 Complete Step 3a or 3b
a For control frames mounted in a 600 mm (236 in) enclosure secure the ldquoZrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the left side of the control frame using three screws
b For control frames mounted in a 800 mm (315 in) enclosure secure the ldquoLrdquo shaped adapter bracket to the control frame using three screws
ldquoZrdquo bracket
Control Frame
ldquoLrdquo bracket
Control Frame
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
30
4 Secure the EMI Shield to the back of the control frame using the four screws provided
EMI Shield
Secure screws
Secure screws
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
31
5 Insert the plastic shoulder washers into the holes in the mounting plate and secure the two socket hinges (open end facing downward) and insulation material to the 700S control assembly mounting plate using the four screws provided
Important The insulation material must be installed between the mounting plate and the socket hinges as shown below
Open end facing downward
Mounting plate
Shoulder washerScrews
Insulation material
Socket hinge
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
32
6 Insert the two screws for the mounting bracket into the holes in the control assembly mounting plate but do not tighten
7 Slide the slots of the mounting bracket onto the screws on the control assembly mounting plate and tighten the screws
Mounting Bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
33
8 Secure the two hinge pins (pins facing upward) to the control frame using the four screws provided
9 Insert the two shoulder washers into the stop bracket and install the stop bracket and insulation material with the two screws provided on the control frame Then slide the 700S control assembly mounting plate onto the hinge pins on the control frame
Important The insulation material must be installed between the control frame and the stop bracket
Pin end facing upward
Control Frame
Shoulder washer
Screws
Insulation material
Stop bracket
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
34
10Secure the loose grounding strap to the back of the 700S control assembly mounting plate in one of the two locations illustrated
Secure grounding strap in one of these locations
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
35
11Make the following connections on the 700S Phase II Control cassette
ndash Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable to P6
ndash Connect the 40 conductor ribbon cable to P1
ndash Connect the 30 conductor ribbon cable to P2
12Slide the Phase II Main Control assembly onto the mounting bracket and tighten the two mounting screws
10 conductor ribbon cable
40 conductor ribbon cable
30 conductor ribbon cable
=
Note Ribbon cables not shown for clarity only
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
36
Step 6 Installing the High Power Fiber Optic Interface Circuit Board
1 Secure the five standoffs to the back side of the 700S control mounting plate
2 Secure the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board to the standoffs using five screws
3 Connect the 10 conductor ribbon cable from P6 on the Main Control circuit board to J17 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board (see illustration on the following page for location)
4 Carefully connect the fiber-optic cables from the ASIC circuit board to the fiber-optic sockets on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into fiber-optic ports or fiber-optic cable connectors
Note 700S Phase II Control assembly not shown for clarity only
Install five screws
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface board shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
37
Important Minimum inside bend radius for fiber-optic cable is 254 mm (1 in) Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber-optic cable Signal attenuation increases with decreased inside bend radii
5 Carefully connect the ribbon cable from P1 on the Main Control circuit board to J2 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board and ribbon cable P2 on the Main Control circuit board to J1 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
6 Make the following connections on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
ndash LED cable to J16
ndash DPI cable to J4
ndash 24V Auxiliary Power Supply cable to J15
7 Install all other connections on the 700S Phase II Main Control assembly
Fiber-Optic Sockets
J17
J2
J1
J16
J4
J15 J5
Frame 10 11 and 13 High Power Fiber Optic Interface circuit board
shown
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
38
Step 7 Installing 24V Common Mode Filter Circuit Board
The location of the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board is different for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives versus frame 12 and 14 size drives Refer to ldquoFrame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drivesrdquo below for frame 10 11 and 13 size drives installation instructions Refer to ldquoFrame 12 and 14 Size Drivesrdquo on page 40 for frame 12 and 14 size drives installation instructions
Frame 10 11 amp 13 Size Drives
1 Install the four standoffs to the bottom of the 700S control mounting plate below the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter board to the four standoffs using the four screws provided
Install 24V Common Mode Filter board using four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
39
3 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Fiber Optic Interface board
4 Connect the 24V power supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the 24V Common Mode Filter board
5 Continue with Step 8 ldquoConnecting IO and Communicationsrdquo on page page 40
24V Supply cable to J8 on Voltage Feedback circuit board
J5
J1
J5
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
40
Frame 12 and 14 Size Drives
1 Secure the four standoffs to the front of the EMI Shield
2 Secure the 24V Common Mode Filter circuit board to the four standoffs on the EMI Shield using the four screws provided
3 Connect the 24V Supply cable from connector J8 on the Voltage Feedback board to connector J5 on the Common Mode Filter board
4 Connect the twisted pair wires from connector J1 on the Common Mode Filter board to connector J5 on the High Power Star Interface board
Step 8 Connecting IO and Communications
Refer to publication 20D-AT001hellip PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II for information about connecting IO wiring This publication also contains information regarding the compatibility of older feedback and communications options with the new Phase II drive
24V Supply cable to J8 on
Voltage Feedback board
J1
J5
To J5 on the High Power Star
Interface board
Four screws
=
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
41
Step 9 Documenting the Change
1 Install the new PowerFlex 700S label below the DPI HIM assembly
2 Install the new LED Status Indicators label
3 Record the modification on the Field Installed Option label
Install PowerFlex 700S label
Install new LED Status Indicator label
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
PN-56559PN-56559
Related Documentation Allen-Bradley publications are available on the internet at wwwrockwellautomationcomliterature
For Read this document Document numberInformation on converting from Phase I PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5720 to Phase II PowerFlex 700S and DriveLogix5730
PowerFlex 700S Conversion Guide - Phase I to Phase II 20D-AT001
In depth information regarding PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control User Manual 20D-UM006
Information on the basic installation of PowerFlex 700S Phase II drives
Installation Instructions - PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive - Phase II
20D-IN024
Information on the installation of the Stegmann Feedback Option Card
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Publication 20C-IN001D-EN-P ndash September 2009 PN-56559Supersedes 20C-IN001C-EN-P - February 2007 Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
US Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel (1) 2625128176 Fax (1) 2625122222 Email supportdrivesrarockwellcom Online wwwabcomsupportabdrives
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
None
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN-56559
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab
11rdquo x 17rdquo
LOOSE -Loose Leaf
YES
Pre-sale Marketing
TOP
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
85rdquo x 11rdquo
85rdquo x 11rdquo
PERFECT - Perfect Bound
A1
LEFT
(required) Publication Number
20C-IN001D-EN-P
Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P
3rdquo x 5rdquo
SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
A2
RIGHT
CORNER
Use Legacy Number
NO
YES or NO
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Legacy Number if applicable
Sample Legacy Number 0160-533
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Publication Title
PowerFlex 700H to 700S Phase IIControl Conversion - Frames 9hellip14
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
4rdquo x 6rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
(required) Cost Center
19010
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
42
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
SIDE
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
